1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
31 #include "plugin-api.h"
35 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
36 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
38 struct elf_info_failed
40 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
44 /* This structure is used to pass information to
45 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
47 struct elf_find_verdep_info
49 /* General link information. */
50 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
51 /* The number of dependencies. */
53 /* Whether we had a failure. */
57 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
58 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
61 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
62 unsigned long r_symndx
,
65 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
66 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
68 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
70 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
72 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
73 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
74 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
76 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
77 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
78 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
79 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
85 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
86 but it could be a relocation against a local
87 symbol for a discarded section. */
89 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
91 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
92 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
93 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
95 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
101 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
104 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
105 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
110 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
113 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
116 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
117 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
118 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
119 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
120 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
126 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
127 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
128 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
131 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
132 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
135 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
136 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
137 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
138 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
140 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
145 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
151 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
153 /* This function may be called more than once. */
154 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
157 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
159 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
160 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
161 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
162 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
165 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
169 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
171 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
175 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
177 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
179 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
180 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
185 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
186 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
188 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
190 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
191 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
192 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
193 a global offset table. */
194 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
195 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
196 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
204 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
206 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
208 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
210 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
211 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
213 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
214 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
215 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
216 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
217 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
223 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
224 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
225 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
591 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
593 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
597 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
598 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
601 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
602 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
608 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
611 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
614 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
615 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
619 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
620 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
622 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
624 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
625 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
628 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
629 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
631 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
635 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
636 else will have non_elf set. */
639 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
643 switch (h
->root
.type
)
645 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
646 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
649 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
650 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
651 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
652 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
653 may depend on this. */
654 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
655 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
656 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
658 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
660 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
661 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
662 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
663 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
665 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
666 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
667 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
668 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
670 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
671 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
672 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
673 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
680 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
681 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
682 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
683 force the correct value. */
687 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
689 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
690 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
691 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
693 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
694 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
696 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
703 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
704 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
705 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
706 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
709 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
711 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
713 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
714 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
719 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
720 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
724 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
727 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
728 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
729 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
732 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
734 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
735 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
743 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
744 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
745 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
748 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
753 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
754 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
755 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
758 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
759 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
761 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
764 /* See if the entry exists already. */
765 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
766 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
769 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
770 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
774 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
775 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
776 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
778 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
782 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
783 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
787 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
788 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
790 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
791 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
792 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
797 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
798 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
799 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
801 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
804 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
805 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
810 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
811 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
813 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
815 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
817 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
818 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
819 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
820 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
823 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
825 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
827 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
832 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
835 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
839 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
841 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
842 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
847 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
848 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
849 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
852 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
855 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
860 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
861 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
867 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
868 STB_LOCAL binding. */
871 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
874 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
876 if (!h
->forced_local
)
879 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
880 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
885 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
886 omitted when creating a shared library. */
888 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
889 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
892 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
895 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
899 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
900 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
902 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
903 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
904 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
906 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
907 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
908 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
910 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
911 against any other section. */
918 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
919 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
920 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
921 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
926 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
927 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
928 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
929 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
930 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
931 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
932 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
933 that are stripped.) */
936 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
937 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
938 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
940 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
941 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
943 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
944 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
946 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
948 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
949 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
950 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
951 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
952 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
956 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
959 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
962 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
964 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
965 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
968 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
970 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
971 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
972 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
974 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
976 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
977 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
980 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
981 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
982 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
986 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
990 /* Merge st_other field. */
993 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
994 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
995 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
997 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
999 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
1000 code might be needed here. */
1001 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1002 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1007 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1008 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1010 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1011 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1012 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1013 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1016 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1017 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1018 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1021 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1022 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1023 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1024 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1025 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1026 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1027 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1028 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1029 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1030 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1031 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1032 type or size does change. */
1035 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1036 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1038 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1041 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1043 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1044 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1046 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1048 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1049 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1051 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1054 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1057 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1058 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1059 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1061 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1067 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1069 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1070 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1072 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1073 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1078 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1080 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1081 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1083 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1084 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1087 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1089 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1090 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1092 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1095 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1099 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1104 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1105 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1107 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1108 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1109 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1113 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1117 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1118 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1119 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1120 the same symbol version. */
1121 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1122 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1123 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1124 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1129 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1133 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1134 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1139 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1140 have the same symbol version. */
1141 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1142 || (old_version
!= NULL
1143 && new_version
!= NULL
1144 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1149 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1154 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1159 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1160 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1161 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1164 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1165 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1166 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1167 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1170 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1171 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1172 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1174 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1177 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1180 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1181 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1182 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1183 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1185 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1187 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1188 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1190 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1192 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1193 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1195 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1197 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1198 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1199 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1200 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1201 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1202 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1203 reference to the executable symbol. */
1206 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1208 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1210 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1211 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1216 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1219 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1223 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1224 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1225 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1227 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1233 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1234 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1235 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1236 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1237 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1238 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1240 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1241 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1242 || !h
->def_regular
))
1247 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1248 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1250 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1251 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1252 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1255 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1256 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1258 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1259 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1261 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1262 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1265 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1266 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1268 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1270 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1271 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1272 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1274 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1275 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1277 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1278 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1280 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1281 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1283 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1284 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1285 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1286 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1287 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1288 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1290 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1291 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1292 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1293 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1294 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1302 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1303 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1310 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1311 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1315 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1317 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1318 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1322 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1323 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1329 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1330 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1331 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1333 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1334 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1335 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1336 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1339 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1340 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1342 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1363 /* xgettext:c-format */
1364 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1365 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1366 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1367 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1369 /* xgettext:c-format */
1370 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1371 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1372 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1375 /* xgettext:c-format */
1376 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1377 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1378 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1381 /* xgettext:c-format */
1382 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1383 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1384 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1390 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1391 definition from a dynamic object. */
1393 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1394 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1397 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1399 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1400 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1401 recorded as dynamic.
1403 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1404 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1405 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1410 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1413 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1414 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1415 object, we remove the old definition. */
1416 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1418 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1419 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1420 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1421 was referenced before. */
1424 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1425 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1426 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1428 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1429 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1431 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1432 any dynamic link state. */
1433 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1434 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1441 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1451 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1452 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1453 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1454 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1455 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1456 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1457 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1458 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1460 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1461 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1465 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1466 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1469 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1471 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1472 any dynamic link state. */
1473 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1474 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1480 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1486 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1487 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1488 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1489 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1490 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1491 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1492 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1494 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1495 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1496 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1497 DEFINED script function.
1499 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1500 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1502 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1504 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1507 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1508 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1509 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1511 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1512 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1513 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1518 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1519 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1521 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1522 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1525 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1526 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1528 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1529 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1530 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1531 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1532 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1533 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1534 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1535 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1536 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1537 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1538 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1541 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1542 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1544 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1545 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1546 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1547 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1548 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1554 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1555 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1558 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1560 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1564 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1566 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1567 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1570 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1572 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1574 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1575 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1576 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1578 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1583 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1584 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1585 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1586 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1588 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1589 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1591 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1592 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1593 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1598 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1599 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1604 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1606 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1607 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1608 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1609 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1610 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1612 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1613 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1614 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1615 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1617 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1620 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1621 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1622 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1623 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1624 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1625 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1627 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1628 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1629 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1630 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1631 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1632 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1637 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1638 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1642 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1644 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1645 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1647 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1648 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1649 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1650 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1651 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1653 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1654 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1657 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1658 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1659 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1660 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1664 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1668 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1669 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1670 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1671 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1674 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1675 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1677 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1678 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1679 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1680 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1686 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1687 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1689 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1690 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1691 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1695 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1700 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1701 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1702 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1703 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1704 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1706 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1707 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1708 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1713 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1714 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1719 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1720 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1723 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1724 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1725 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1728 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1730 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1731 overriding a function. */
1733 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1737 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1738 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1741 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1743 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1746 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1749 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1750 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1751 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1752 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1755 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1756 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1757 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1758 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1759 in the shared library. */
1762 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1765 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1766 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1767 or the alignment. */
1768 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1769 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1771 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1772 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1774 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1777 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1778 in the dynamic object. */
1779 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1780 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1783 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1785 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1786 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1788 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1789 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1791 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1794 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1799 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1800 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1801 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1802 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1803 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1804 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1805 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1806 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1810 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1817 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1818 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1819 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1820 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1823 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1825 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1827 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1831 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1833 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1834 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1838 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1839 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1840 bfd_boolean collect
;
1841 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1842 bfd_boolean override
;
1844 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1846 bfd_boolean matched
;
1848 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1851 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1852 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1853 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1854 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1855 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1856 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1860 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1865 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1867 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1871 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1876 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1882 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1883 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1884 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1886 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1887 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1888 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1890 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1891 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1893 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1894 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1895 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1896 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1897 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1898 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1901 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1902 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1903 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1909 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1911 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1912 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1913 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1914 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1915 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1916 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1921 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1922 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1923 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1925 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1929 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1930 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1936 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1937 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1940 if (bh
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1941 && bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
1942 && (bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1944 /* Mark the previous definition from IR object as
1945 undefined so that the generic linker will override
1947 bh
->type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1948 bh
->u
.undef
.abfd
= bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1950 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1951 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1952 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1953 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1955 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1960 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1961 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1962 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1963 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1964 name, and it is the default version.
1966 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1967 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1968 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1970 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1971 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1972 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1973 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1974 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1975 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1976 definition in the regular object. */
1978 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1979 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1980 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1982 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1983 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1987 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1991 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1996 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1997 other fields correctly. */
2001 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
2002 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2003 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2005 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2006 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2007 the user in that case. */
2009 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2011 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2013 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2014 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2016 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2017 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2018 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2019 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2020 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2022 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2028 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2035 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2041 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2045 len
= strlen (name
);
2046 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2047 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2049 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2050 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2052 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2053 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2054 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2056 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2057 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2058 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2066 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2067 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2068 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2069 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2070 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2072 /* xgettext:c-format */
2073 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2079 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2080 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2081 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2083 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2085 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2086 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2087 to the user in that case. */
2089 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2091 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2092 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2093 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2095 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2101 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2107 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2117 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2118 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2121 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2123 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2125 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2126 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2129 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2130 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2133 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2134 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2135 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2136 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2138 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2148 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2149 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2150 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2151 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2154 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2157 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2158 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2159 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2162 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2167 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2168 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2169 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2172 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2173 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2177 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2180 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2181 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2187 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2192 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2195 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2199 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2200 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2201 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2205 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2208 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2212 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2213 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2214 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2216 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2218 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2219 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2221 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2224 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2231 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2232 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2235 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2237 const char *version_p
,
2238 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2241 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2243 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2244 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2246 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2250 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2252 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2253 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2256 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2257 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2258 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2259 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2261 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2265 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2266 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2268 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2270 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2272 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2275 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2289 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2292 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2293 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2296 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2297 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2298 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2300 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2301 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2304 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2305 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2307 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2310 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2314 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2318 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2323 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2325 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2328 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2329 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2330 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2332 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2340 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2341 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2342 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2343 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2346 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2348 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2349 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2350 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2351 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2355 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2358 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2361 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2364 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2368 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2370 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2372 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2374 /* Hide symbols defined in discarded input sections. */
2375 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2376 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2377 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
2378 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2383 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2384 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2386 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2389 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2392 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2396 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2398 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2403 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2405 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2406 version node for this version. */
2407 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2409 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2412 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2413 to worry about it. */
2414 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2417 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2421 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2426 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2430 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2431 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2432 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2434 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2438 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2442 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2446 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2447 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2449 /* xgettext:c-format */
2450 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2451 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2452 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2453 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2458 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2461 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2462 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2465 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2466 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2467 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2468 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2474 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2475 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2476 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2477 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2478 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2479 relocations should be stored.
2481 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2484 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2486 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2487 void *external_relocs
,
2488 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2490 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2491 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2492 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2493 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2494 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2495 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2498 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2499 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2502 /* Read the relocations. */
2503 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2506 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2507 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2509 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2511 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2512 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2513 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2514 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2515 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2522 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2523 /* Setting erelaend like this and comparing with <= handles case of
2524 a fuzzed object with sh_size not a multiple of sh_entsize. */
2525 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
- shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2526 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2527 while (erela
<= erelaend
)
2531 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2532 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2533 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2537 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2540 /* xgettext:c-format */
2541 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2542 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2543 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2544 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2545 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2549 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2552 /* xgettext:c-format */
2553 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2554 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2555 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2556 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2557 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2561 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2562 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2568 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2569 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2570 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2571 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2572 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2573 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2574 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2575 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2576 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2579 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2581 void *external_relocs
,
2582 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2583 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2585 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2586 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2588 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2589 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2591 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2592 return esdo
->relocs
;
2594 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2597 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2601 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2603 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2605 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2606 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2610 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2612 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2615 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2617 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2619 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2622 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2625 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2628 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2632 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2633 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2634 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2635 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2639 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2641 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2644 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2646 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2651 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2652 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2654 return internal_relocs
;
2662 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2669 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2670 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2673 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2674 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2676 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2678 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2679 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2681 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2682 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2683 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2684 we zero the allocated space. */
2685 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2686 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2689 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2693 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2694 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2698 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2704 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2705 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2709 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2710 asection
*input_section
,
2711 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2712 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2713 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2716 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2717 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2719 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2720 asection
*output_section
;
2721 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2722 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2723 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2725 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2727 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2728 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2729 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2731 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2732 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2734 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2735 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2737 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2738 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2743 /* xgettext:c-format */
2744 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2745 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2750 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2751 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2752 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2753 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2754 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2755 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2757 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2758 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2759 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2762 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2764 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2769 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2772 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2775 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2777 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2778 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2783 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2784 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2785 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2786 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2787 the face of future changes. */
2790 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2791 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2793 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2795 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2796 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2797 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2798 an ELF dynamic object. */
2801 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2802 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2804 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2805 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2808 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2812 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2813 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2814 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2817 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2823 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2827 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2836 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2837 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2838 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2839 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2840 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2841 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2842 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2843 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2845 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2846 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2847 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2848 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2849 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2853 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2854 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2855 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2856 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2859 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2860 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2861 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2862 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2863 flag will not have been set. */
2864 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2868 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2871 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2872 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2873 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2875 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2876 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2877 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2878 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2879 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2881 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2882 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2884 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2885 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2886 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2890 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2892 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2893 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2894 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2895 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2896 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2897 will force it local. */
2898 else if (h
->needs_plt
2899 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2900 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2901 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2902 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2905 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2907 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2908 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2909 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2912 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2913 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2914 over to the real definition. */
2915 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2919 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2920 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2921 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. If the def is not
2922 bfd_link_hash_defined as it was when put on the alias list
2923 then it must have originally been a versioned symbol (for
2924 which a non-versioned indirect symbol is created) and later
2925 a definition for the non-versioned symbol is found. In that
2926 case the indirection is flipped with the versioned symbol
2927 becoming an indirect pointing at the non-versioned symbol.
2928 Thus, not an alias any more. */
2929 if (def
->def_regular
2930 || def
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
2933 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2934 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2938 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2939 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2940 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2941 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2942 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2943 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2950 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2951 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2955 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2957 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2958 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2959 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2961 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2964 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2965 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2968 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2969 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2972 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2973 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2975 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2977 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2978 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2979 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2981 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2982 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2983 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2985 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2993 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2994 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2995 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2996 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2997 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2998 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2999 referenced by another one? */
3001 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
3005 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
3007 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
3011 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
3012 can happen via a recursive call. */
3013 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
3016 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
3017 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
3018 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
3019 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
3020 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
3022 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3023 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3024 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3025 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3027 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3028 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3029 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3030 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3031 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3032 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3033 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3036 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3037 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3038 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3039 extern int timezone;
3041 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3042 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3043 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3044 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3045 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3046 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3047 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3048 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3050 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3054 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3055 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3056 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3058 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3059 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3060 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3064 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3065 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3066 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3067 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3068 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3070 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3073 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3074 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3076 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3085 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3089 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3090 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3093 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3095 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3097 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3098 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3099 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3100 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3101 for the minimum alignment. */
3102 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
3103 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3104 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3110 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
3113 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3114 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
3119 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3120 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3122 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3123 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3124 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3126 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3127 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3129 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3130 if (h
->protected_def
3131 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3132 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3133 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3134 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3135 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3136 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3141 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3142 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3145 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3149 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3150 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3151 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3152 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3154 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3156 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3157 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3158 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3159 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3160 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3166 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3167 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3168 considered to bind dynamically. */
3171 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3172 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3173 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3175 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3176 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3177 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3182 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3183 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3184 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3186 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3187 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3189 if (h
->forced_local
)
3192 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3193 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3194 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3195 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3197 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3204 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3205 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3208 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3210 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3211 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3212 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3213 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3214 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3221 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3222 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3225 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3226 us that it remains local. */
3227 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3230 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3231 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3232 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3233 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3234 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3235 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3236 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3238 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3239 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3240 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3241 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3244 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3246 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3248 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3249 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3251 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3255 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3256 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3257 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3260 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3261 if (h
->forced_local
)
3264 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3265 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3266 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3268 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3269 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3270 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3273 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3274 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3277 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3278 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3279 shared libraries. */
3280 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3283 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3284 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3285 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3288 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3289 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3292 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3294 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3295 symbols are local. */
3296 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3297 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3298 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3299 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3302 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3303 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3304 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3305 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3306 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3307 return local_protected
;
3310 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3311 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3313 struct bfd_section
*
3314 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3316 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3317 unsigned int align
= 0;
3319 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3320 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3324 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3325 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3326 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3328 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3330 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3331 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3333 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3338 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3340 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3341 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3345 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3346 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3347 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3350 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3351 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3352 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3355 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3356 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3359 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3360 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3361 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3364 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3365 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3366 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3367 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3369 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3371 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3372 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3373 in the same way that it used to do. */
3379 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3380 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3381 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3383 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3385 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3390 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3391 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3394 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3398 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3401 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3402 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3403 get the correct symbol table. */
3404 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3405 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3406 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3407 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3411 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3413 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3414 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3416 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3417 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3419 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3421 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3423 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3424 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3425 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3427 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3432 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3433 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3436 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3439 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3440 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3442 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3445 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3447 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3451 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3456 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3458 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3468 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3471 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3475 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3476 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3478 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3479 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3480 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3482 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3483 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3486 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3487 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3489 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3490 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3491 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3493 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3494 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3495 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3499 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3500 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3503 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3508 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3509 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3510 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3513 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3514 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3518 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3521 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3524 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3525 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3526 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3529 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3532 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3535 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3536 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3538 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3539 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3540 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3542 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3544 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3545 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3546 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3548 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3556 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3559 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3563 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3564 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3569 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3570 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3574 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3575 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3576 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3578 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3579 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3580 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3581 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3582 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3583 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3584 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3585 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3586 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3587 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3588 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3594 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3596 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3598 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3599 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3600 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3602 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3603 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3604 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3606 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3609 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3611 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3613 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3614 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3617 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3618 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3621 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3623 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3625 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3626 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3630 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3634 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3636 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3637 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3638 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3639 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3642 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3645 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3646 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3648 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3649 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3650 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3652 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3653 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3654 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3655 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3657 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3659 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3663 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3673 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3678 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3681 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3682 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3683 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3684 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3686 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3687 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3689 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3690 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3695 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3696 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3698 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3702 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3704 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3705 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3707 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3709 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3710 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3711 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3713 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3714 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3715 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3718 while (def
.vd_next
);
3721 /* Adjust version references. */
3722 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3727 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3728 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3730 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3734 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3736 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3737 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3738 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3739 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3740 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3742 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3743 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3744 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3746 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3748 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3749 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3752 while (need
.vn_next
);
3758 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3759 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3763 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3764 const bfd_target
*output
)
3766 return input
== output
;
3769 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3770 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3771 are virtually identical. */
3774 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3775 const bfd_target
*output
)
3777 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3779 if (input
== output
)
3782 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3783 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3785 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3788 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3789 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3792 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3793 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3794 processing the lib. */
3797 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3798 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3799 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3801 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3804 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3807 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3809 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3810 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3812 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3813 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3816 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3817 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3818 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3819 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3820 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3821 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3822 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3823 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3824 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3825 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3827 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3828 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3829 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3830 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3831 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3832 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3833 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3837 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3839 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3842 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3843 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3844 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3845 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3846 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3847 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3848 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3851 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3853 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3856 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3858 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3859 free (internal_relocs
);
3869 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3872 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3874 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3880 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3881 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3882 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym_end
= NULL
;
3883 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3884 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3885 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3886 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3887 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3888 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3889 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3890 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3891 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3892 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3894 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3895 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3896 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3897 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3898 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3900 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3901 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3902 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3905 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3907 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3908 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3910 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3916 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3917 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3918 the format of the output file. */
3919 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3920 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3921 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3923 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3924 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3926 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3931 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3932 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3933 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3934 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3935 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3936 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3937 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3939 /* xgettext:c-format */
3940 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3941 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3943 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3944 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3945 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3946 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3947 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3948 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3952 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3953 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3958 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3960 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3961 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3962 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3963 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3964 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3965 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3966 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3967 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3973 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3975 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3977 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3978 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3983 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3987 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3992 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3993 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3994 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3997 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3999 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
4000 not get copied into the output file. */
4003 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
4004 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
4005 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
4010 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
4011 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
4016 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
4017 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
4018 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
4019 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
4020 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
4021 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
4022 make a shared library. */
4024 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4025 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4027 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4028 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4029 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4030 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4032 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4036 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4040 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4042 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4043 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4046 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4047 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4051 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4052 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4053 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4054 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4055 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4056 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4058 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4059 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4060 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4062 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4067 unsigned int elfsec
;
4068 unsigned long shlink
;
4070 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4077 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4078 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4079 goto error_free_dyn
;
4080 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4082 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4083 extdyn
<= dynbuf
+ s
->size
- bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
4084 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4086 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4088 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4089 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4091 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4092 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4094 goto error_free_dyn
;
4096 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4098 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4100 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4102 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4103 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4104 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4105 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4106 goto error_free_dyn
;
4107 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4108 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4110 goto error_free_dyn
;
4111 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4115 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4119 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4121 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4123 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4125 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4126 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4127 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4128 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4129 goto error_free_dyn
;
4130 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4131 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4133 goto error_free_dyn
;
4134 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4138 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4144 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4145 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4147 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4149 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4151 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4152 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4153 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4154 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4155 goto error_free_dyn
;
4156 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4157 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4159 goto error_free_dyn
;
4160 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4170 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4172 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4173 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4180 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4181 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4187 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4188 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4193 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4194 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4195 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4196 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4197 while (phdr
-- > elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4198 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4200 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4201 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4202 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4203 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4204 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4208 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4209 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4210 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4211 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4212 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4213 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4215 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4217 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4218 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4219 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4220 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4222 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4224 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4225 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4226 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4229 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4230 will need to know it. */
4231 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4233 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4237 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4238 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4239 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4243 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4244 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4247 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4248 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4249 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4250 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4252 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4253 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4255 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4257 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4259 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4260 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4262 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4264 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4269 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4270 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4273 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4274 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4276 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4278 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4281 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4283 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4286 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4287 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4288 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4289 goto error_free_sym
;
4290 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4296 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4297 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4298 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4299 goto error_free_sym
;
4301 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4302 to internal format. */
4303 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4305 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4307 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4308 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4309 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4310 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4311 goto error_free_sym
;
4312 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4313 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4314 goto error_free_vers
;
4315 extversym_end
= extversym
+ (amt
/ sizeof (* extversym
));
4319 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4320 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4321 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4322 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4327 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4329 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4330 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4332 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4334 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4335 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4336 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4337 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4341 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4342 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4343 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4344 goto error_free_vers
;
4346 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4347 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4348 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4349 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4350 goto error_free_vers
;
4352 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4353 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4354 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4355 goto error_free_vers
;
4357 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4358 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4359 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4360 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4361 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4362 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4363 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4364 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4365 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4366 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4367 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4368 goto error_free_vers
;
4370 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4372 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4373 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4375 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4377 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4378 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4379 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4380 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4382 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4383 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4390 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4392 else if (extversym
+ extsymoff
< extversym_end
)
4393 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
4396 /* xgettext:c-format */
4397 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: invalid version offset %lx (max %lx)"),
4398 abfd
, (long) extsymoff
,
4399 (long) (extversym_end
- extversym
) / sizeof (* extversym
));
4400 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4401 goto error_free_vers
;
4404 if (abfd
->lto_slim_object
)
4407 (_("%pB: plugin needed to handle lto object"), abfd
);
4410 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4412 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4416 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4419 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4420 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4421 bfd_boolean definition
;
4422 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4423 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4424 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4425 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4426 bfd_boolean override
;
4428 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4429 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4430 unsigned int shindex
;
4432 bfd_boolean matched
;
4436 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4438 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4439 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4440 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4442 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4443 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4448 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4452 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4453 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4454 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4456 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4459 /* If we aren't prepared to handle locals within the globals
4460 then we'll likely segfault on a NULL symbol hash if the
4461 symbol is ever referenced in relocations. */
4462 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
4463 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, hdr
->sh_name
);
4464 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s local symbol at index %lu"
4465 " (>= sh_info of %lu)"),
4466 abfd
, name
, (long) (isym
- isymbuf
+ extsymoff
),
4469 /* Dynamic object relocations are not processed by ld, so
4470 ld won't run into the problem mentioned above. */
4473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4474 goto error_free_vers
;
4477 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4485 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4486 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4490 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4494 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4495 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4496 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4497 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4498 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4500 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4501 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4502 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4503 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4507 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4509 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4510 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4512 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4514 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4516 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4518 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4522 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4525 goto error_free_vers
;
4527 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4528 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4530 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4534 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4536 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4538 goto error_free_vers
;
4542 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4543 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4544 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4546 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4550 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4551 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4552 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4554 goto error_free_vers
;
4558 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4560 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4562 goto error_free_vers
;
4564 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4565 should be skipped for some reason. */
4570 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4574 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4575 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4576 for this executable. */
4577 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4578 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4581 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4582 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4587 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4588 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4595 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4597 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4598 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4603 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4604 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4605 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4609 else if (ever
>= extversym_end
)
4611 /* xgettext:c-format */
4612 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: not enough version information"),
4614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4615 goto error_free_vers
;
4618 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4620 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4622 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4623 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4624 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4625 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4626 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4627 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4629 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4630 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4633 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4636 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4638 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4640 else if (vernum
> 1)
4642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4649 /* xgettext:c-format */
4650 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4652 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4653 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4654 goto error_free_vers
;
4659 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4660 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4661 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4663 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4666 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4670 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4672 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4674 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4676 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4686 /* xgettext:c-format */
4687 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4688 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4689 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4690 goto error_free_vers
;
4694 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4695 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4696 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4697 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4698 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4701 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4702 if (newname
== NULL
)
4703 goto error_free_vers
;
4704 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4705 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4707 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4708 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4709 default version of the symbol. */
4710 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4711 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4713 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4718 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4719 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4720 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4723 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4724 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4725 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4727 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4728 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4729 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4730 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4732 goto error_free_vers
;
4737 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4739 if (override
&& matched
)
4743 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4744 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4745 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4747 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4750 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4753 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4754 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4755 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4756 goto error_free_vers
;
4759 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4762 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4763 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4764 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4766 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4767 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4773 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4777 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4778 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4779 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4781 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4782 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4783 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4784 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4785 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4786 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4787 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4788 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4789 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4790 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4791 definition anyhow. */
4797 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4798 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4799 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4804 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4807 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4808 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4809 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4811 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4812 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4814 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4817 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4819 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4820 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4821 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4822 object and a shared object. */
4823 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4825 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4826 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4827 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4834 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4835 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4847 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4848 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4849 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4850 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4860 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4865 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4868 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4869 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4870 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4874 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4878 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4879 the default name. */
4881 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4882 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4883 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4884 goto error_free_vers
;
4886 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4887 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4888 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4889 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4890 alignment is maintained. */
4891 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4892 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4894 unsigned int common_align
;
4895 unsigned int normal_align
;
4896 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4900 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4901 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4903 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4904 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4905 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4906 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4908 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4909 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4910 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4913 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4917 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4918 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4923 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4925 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4928 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4930 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4931 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4933 /* xgettext:c-format */
4934 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4935 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4936 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4937 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4940 /* xgettext:c-format */
4941 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4942 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4943 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4944 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4948 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4949 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4950 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4951 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4954 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4955 && ! size_change_ok
)
4957 /* xgettext:c-format */
4958 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4959 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4960 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4961 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4963 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4966 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4967 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4968 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4969 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4970 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4972 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4973 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4975 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4976 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4977 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4978 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4980 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4982 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4984 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4985 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4988 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4990 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4991 /* xgettext:c-format */
4993 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4994 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
4995 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
5001 /* Merge st_other field. */
5002 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
5004 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
5006 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
5007 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
5010 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
5011 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
5016 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
5017 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
5020 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
5022 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5023 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5025 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
5026 aliases can be checked. */
5029 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
5030 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5032 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5034 goto error_free_vers
;
5036 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
5040 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
5042 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5043 goto error_free_vers
;
5045 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
5047 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
5048 goto error_free_vers
;
5051 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5052 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
5053 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
5055 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5059 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5064 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5065 for unmatched symbol. */
5070 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5072 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5073 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5074 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5075 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5076 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5079 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5081 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5082 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5084 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5085 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5086 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5087 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5090 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5093 /* xgettext:c-format */
5094 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5097 goto error_free_vers
;
5100 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5101 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5104 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5106 goto error_free_vers
;
5108 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5113 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5114 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5115 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5121 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5126 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5127 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5128 the correct symbol resolution. */
5130 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5131 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5133 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5134 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5136 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5137 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5138 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5139 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5140 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5141 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5142 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5145 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5148 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5149 goto error_free_vers
;
5151 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5152 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5153 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5155 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5158 /* Skip local symbols. */
5159 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5162 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5164 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5167 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5168 free (internal_relocs
);
5172 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5178 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5184 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5188 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5189 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5190 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5191 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5192 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5193 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5194 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5195 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5196 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5197 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5198 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5201 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5203 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5204 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5206 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5207 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5209 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5211 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5212 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5213 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5215 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5216 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5217 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5219 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5221 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5222 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5227 alignment_power
= 0;
5229 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5230 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5231 in the second pass. */
5232 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5233 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5234 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5235 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5236 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5238 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5239 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5240 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5242 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5244 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5245 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5246 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5247 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5249 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5253 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5254 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5255 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5256 goto error_free_vers
;
5259 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5261 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5262 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5266 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5268 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5269 goto error_free_vers
;
5274 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5275 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5276 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5277 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5281 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5284 char *shortname
, *p
;
5286 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5288 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5289 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5292 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5293 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5295 goto error_free_vers
;
5296 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5297 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5299 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5300 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5301 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5303 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5304 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5305 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5307 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5308 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5309 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5310 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5311 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5313 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5314 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5316 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5322 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5323 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5326 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5327 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5328 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5329 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5330 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5331 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5332 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5333 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5334 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5335 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5336 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5337 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5341 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5342 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5344 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5347 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5348 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5349 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5351 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5352 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5353 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5355 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5356 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5357 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5359 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5363 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5364 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5372 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5373 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5376 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5378 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5381 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5384 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5385 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5387 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5388 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5391 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5392 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5398 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5400 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5401 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5408 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5418 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5422 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5423 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5424 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5425 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5428 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5429 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5430 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5434 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5435 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5436 the largest size. */
5439 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5441 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5442 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5443 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5445 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5447 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5450 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5452 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5453 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5457 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5458 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5460 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5462 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5465 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5470 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5471 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5472 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5473 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5474 real definition and the weak definition. */
5475 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5477 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5478 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5485 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5488 if (bed
->check_directives
5489 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5492 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5493 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5495 && ! info
->traditional_format
5496 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5497 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5501 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5502 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5504 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5507 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5508 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5509 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5510 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5511 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5512 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5514 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5516 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5517 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5518 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5521 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5522 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5527 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5529 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5530 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5532 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5536 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5543 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5545 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5547 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5548 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5549 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5552 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5558 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5559 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5562 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5563 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5570 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5574 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5575 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5576 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5577 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5579 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5580 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5583 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5584 len
= strlen (name
);
5585 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5587 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5589 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5590 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5591 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5593 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5596 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5598 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5599 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5600 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5603 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5607 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5608 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5609 handle versioned symbols.
5611 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5612 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5613 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5614 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5617 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5618 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5621 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5624 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5630 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5632 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5634 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5635 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5637 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5641 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5642 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5643 second and subsequent passes. */
5644 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5648 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5649 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5650 if (included
== NULL
)
5653 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5654 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5655 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5668 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5669 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5673 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5678 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5684 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5685 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5691 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5693 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5694 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5695 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5696 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5699 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5700 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5701 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5702 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5703 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5705 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5708 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5710 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5711 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5716 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5717 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5718 if (element
== NULL
)
5721 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5724 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5726 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5727 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5729 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5732 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5733 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5734 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5735 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5736 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5737 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5738 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5739 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5742 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5743 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5747 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5752 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5754 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5755 on through the loop. */
5756 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5766 if (included
!= NULL
)
5771 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5775 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5777 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5780 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5782 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5784 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5789 struct hash_codes_info
5791 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5795 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5796 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5799 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5801 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5806 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5807 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5810 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5811 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5813 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5816 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5822 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5823 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5828 /* Compute the hash value. */
5829 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5831 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5832 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5834 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5836 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5844 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5847 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5848 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5849 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5850 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5851 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5852 unsigned long int *indx
;
5853 unsigned long int *counts
;
5857 long int min_dynindx
;
5858 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5859 unsigned long int symindx
;
5860 long int local_indx
;
5861 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5862 unsigned long int mask
;
5866 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5867 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5870 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5872 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5877 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5878 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5881 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5882 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5885 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5886 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5888 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5891 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5897 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5898 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5903 /* Compute the hash value. */
5904 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5906 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5907 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5908 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5909 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5911 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5912 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5920 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5921 final dynamic symbol renumbering in case of .gnu.hash.
5922 If using .MIPS.xhash, invoke record_xhash_symbol to add symbol index
5923 to the translation table. */
5926 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5928 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5929 unsigned long int bucket
;
5930 unsigned long int val
;
5932 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5933 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5936 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5937 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5939 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5941 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5943 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, 0);
5947 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5952 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5953 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5954 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5955 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5957 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5958 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5959 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5960 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5962 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5963 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5964 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5965 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5967 bfd_vma xlat_loc
= s
->xlat
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
]++ - s
->symindx
) * 4;
5969 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, xlat_loc
);
5972 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5976 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5979 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5981 return !(h
->forced_local
5982 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5983 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5984 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5985 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5986 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5989 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5990 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5991 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5992 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5993 than 32771 buckets. */
5995 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5997 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
6001 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
6002 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
6003 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
6004 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
6005 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
6006 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
6007 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
6008 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
6010 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6011 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6012 unsigned long int nsyms
,
6015 size_t best_size
= 0;
6016 unsigned long int i
;
6018 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
6019 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
6020 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
6021 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
6026 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
6027 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6028 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
6029 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
6030 unsigned long int *counts
;
6032 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
6034 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
6035 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
6037 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
6040 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
6045 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
6049 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
6050 since the size could be large. */
6052 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
6053 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6057 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
6058 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
6060 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
6062 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
6063 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
6064 unsigned long int j
;
6065 unsigned long int fact
;
6067 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
6070 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
6072 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6073 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6074 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6076 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6077 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6078 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6079 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6080 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6081 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6082 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6085 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6087 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6090 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6091 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6092 over a few long chains). */
6093 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6094 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6096 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6097 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6100 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6101 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6102 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6103 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6104 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6106 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6107 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6108 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6112 /* Compare with current best results. */
6113 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6117 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6119 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6120 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6121 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6128 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6130 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6131 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6132 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6133 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6135 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6136 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6139 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6146 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6149 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6154 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6155 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6156 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6157 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6158 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6163 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6164 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6165 undefined it is initialized. */
6168 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6169 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6170 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6171 bfd_vma default_size
)
6173 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6175 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6177 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6178 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6179 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6180 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6182 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6184 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6185 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6186 if (info
->stacksize
)
6187 /* xgettext:c-format */
6188 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6189 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6190 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6191 /* xgettext:c-format */
6192 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6193 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6195 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6198 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6199 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6200 size, set it now. */
6201 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6203 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6204 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6205 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6207 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6209 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6210 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6211 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6212 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6213 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6216 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6218 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6224 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6226 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6228 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6229 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6234 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6237 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6238 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6239 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6240 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6241 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6242 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6244 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6246 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6247 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6250 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6256 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6257 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6258 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6259 addresses of the various sections. */
6262 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6265 const char *filter_shlib
,
6267 const char *depaudit
,
6268 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6269 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6270 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6273 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6277 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6280 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6282 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6284 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6285 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6286 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6287 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6291 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6292 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6293 if (info
->export_dynamic
6294 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6296 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6300 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6301 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6309 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6311 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6312 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6316 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6318 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6319 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6320 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6321 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6323 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6324 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6325 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6326 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6328 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6330 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6332 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6333 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6335 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6336 if (newname
== NULL
)
6338 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6339 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6341 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6342 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6344 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6345 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6346 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6349 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6350 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6352 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6354 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6355 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6356 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6361 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6362 not defined in a shared object. */
6364 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6365 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6366 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6370 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6371 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6372 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6374 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6375 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6380 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6382 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6383 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6384 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6385 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6386 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6389 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6390 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6391 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6396 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6401 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6402 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6403 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6405 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6406 just linking a regular application. */
6407 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6409 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6410 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6411 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6413 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6414 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6420 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6421 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6422 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6423 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6429 /* Make space for the base version. */
6430 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6431 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6434 /* Make space for the default version. */
6435 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6437 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6441 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6443 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6445 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6449 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6450 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6453 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6454 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6458 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6459 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6462 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6466 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6467 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6470 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6472 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6473 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6477 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6478 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6479 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6482 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6484 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6486 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6487 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6494 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6495 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6496 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6498 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6500 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6502 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6504 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6505 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6506 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6507 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6509 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6511 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6512 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6514 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6516 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6519 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6520 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6522 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6525 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6526 aux block, but different flags. */
6529 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6531 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6532 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6535 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6536 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6537 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6539 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6540 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6541 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6543 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6546 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6548 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6553 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6556 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6558 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6559 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6561 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6566 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6567 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6569 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6572 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6574 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6575 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6577 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6578 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6579 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6580 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6581 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6584 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6585 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6586 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6587 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6589 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6590 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6591 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6593 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6594 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6595 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6597 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6598 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6600 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6601 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6602 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6603 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6605 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6606 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6607 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6609 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6611 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6613 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6615 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6619 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6620 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6623 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6624 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6626 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6628 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6629 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6630 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6634 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6638 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6640 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6642 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6644 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6645 dynamic symbol table. */
6646 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6647 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6648 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6652 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6655 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6657 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6659 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6660 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6663 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6664 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6666 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6668 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6669 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6674 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6675 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6678 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6683 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6686 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6688 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6690 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6692 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6694 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6695 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6699 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6700 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6704 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6706 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6709 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6713 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6716 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6718 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6719 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6720 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6721 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6723 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6726 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6727 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6730 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6731 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6733 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6734 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6735 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6737 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6739 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6740 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6741 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6742 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6745 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6748 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6750 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6751 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6752 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6756 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6760 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6761 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6762 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6763 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6764 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6765 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6767 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6768 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6771 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6772 we're dynamic or not. */
6773 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6774 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6777 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6778 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6779 if (info
->execstack
)
6780 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6781 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6782 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6786 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6789 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6791 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6796 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6798 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6799 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6802 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6805 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6809 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6812 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6813 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6814 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6815 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6816 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6819 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6821 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6822 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6826 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6827 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6831 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6833 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6841 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6843 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6846 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6847 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6851 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6855 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6856 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6857 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6858 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6862 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6864 const char * const *p
;
6866 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6870 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6872 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6873 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6882 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6884 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6885 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6889 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6893 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6895 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6896 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6903 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6904 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6905 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6906 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6911 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6912 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6913 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6915 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6916 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6917 h
= (info
->init_function
6918 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6919 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6926 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6929 h
= (info
->fini_function
6930 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6931 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6938 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6942 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6943 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6945 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6946 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6951 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6952 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6953 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6954 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6955 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6956 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6957 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6960 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6965 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6969 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6970 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6973 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6974 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6976 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6977 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6980 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6981 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6983 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6984 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6988 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6989 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6990 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6991 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6992 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6993 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6995 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6997 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6998 if ((info
->emit_hash
6999 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
7000 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
7001 && (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
7002 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0)))
7003 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
7004 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
7005 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
7006 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
7007 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
7012 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
7015 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
7018 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
7019 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
7022 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7024 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
7026 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
7028 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
7029 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
7033 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
7035 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
7038 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
7040 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
7046 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7047 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
7050 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
7054 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
7056 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
7058 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
7059 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
7063 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
7064 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
7065 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
7069 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7070 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7076 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7077 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7079 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7082 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7084 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7085 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7086 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7089 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7092 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7095 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7096 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7098 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7101 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7103 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7104 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7105 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7106 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7107 && !(s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7108 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7111 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7114 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= found
;
7116 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7117 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7118 && (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7119 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7124 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7127 #define GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME(bed) \
7128 (bed)->record_xhash_symbol != NULL ? ".MIPS.xhash" : ".gnu.hash"
7131 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7133 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7134 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7135 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7137 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7140 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7141 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7143 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7144 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7145 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7146 of the global symbols.
7148 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7149 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7150 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7151 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7152 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7154 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7155 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7156 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7157 §ion_sym_count
);
7159 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7163 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7165 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7167 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7168 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7169 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7170 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7172 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7173 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7174 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7177 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7181 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7182 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7183 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7184 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7185 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7186 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7187 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7188 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7189 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7191 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7192 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7195 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7196 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7197 ++section_sym_count
;
7198 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7200 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7202 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7203 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7204 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7206 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7207 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7209 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7211 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7213 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7214 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7216 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7217 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7218 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7220 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7221 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7223 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7224 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7225 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7232 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7234 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7237 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7240 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7242 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7243 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7244 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7245 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7246 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7247 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7250 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7251 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7252 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7255 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7258 unsigned char *contents
;
7259 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7263 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7265 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7266 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7268 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7269 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7270 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7273 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7274 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7275 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7278 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7279 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7280 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7283 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7288 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7290 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7292 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7296 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME (bed
));
7297 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7299 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7301 /* Empty .gnu.hash or .MIPS.xhash section is special. */
7302 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7303 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7304 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7305 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7306 if (contents
== NULL
)
7308 s
->contents
= contents
;
7309 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7311 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7313 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7315 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7317 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7318 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7319 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7321 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7325 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7326 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7330 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7332 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7334 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7335 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7337 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7338 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7340 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7346 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7347 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7348 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7349 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7350 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7351 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7352 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7353 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7355 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7359 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7360 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7361 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7362 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7364 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7365 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7366 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7367 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7369 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7370 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7372 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7373 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7375 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7376 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7377 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7379 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7380 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7381 if (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
7382 s
->size
+= cinfo
.nsyms
* 4;
7383 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7384 if (contents
== NULL
)
7386 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7387 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7391 s
->contents
= contents
;
7392 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7393 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7394 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7395 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7396 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7398 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7400 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7401 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7403 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7407 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7409 cinfo
.xlat
= contents
+ cinfo
.nsyms
* 4 - s
->contents
;
7410 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, if populating .gnu.hash section.
7411 If using .MIPS.xhash, populate the translation table. */
7412 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7413 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx
, &cinfo
);
7415 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7416 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7418 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7420 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7423 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7424 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7428 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7429 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7431 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7433 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7435 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7436 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7443 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7446 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7449 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7450 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7453 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7456 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7461 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7464 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7465 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7466 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7467 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7468 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7469 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7470 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7471 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7473 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7475 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7476 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7477 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7478 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7480 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7481 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7484 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7485 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7486 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7490 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7492 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7493 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7494 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7497 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7501 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7502 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7507 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7508 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7512 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7514 /* Set local fields. */
7517 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7518 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7519 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7520 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7521 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7522 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7523 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7524 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7531 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7532 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7535 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7537 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7539 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7541 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7542 symbol which just became indirect. */
7544 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7545 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7546 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7547 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7548 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7549 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7550 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7552 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7555 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7556 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7557 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7558 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7560 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7561 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7562 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7563 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7566 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7568 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7569 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7570 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7571 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7574 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7576 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7577 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7578 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7579 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7581 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7586 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7588 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7590 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7591 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7593 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7598 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7599 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7604 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7609 /* Hide a symbol. */
7612 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7614 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7616 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7618 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7619 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7621 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7622 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7623 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7624 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7625 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7629 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7633 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7634 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7636 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7637 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7639 unsigned int entsize
,
7640 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7643 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7645 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7646 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7647 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7648 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7649 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7650 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7652 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7654 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7655 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7660 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7662 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7663 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7665 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7666 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7668 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7672 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7673 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7679 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7684 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7687 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7689 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7691 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7692 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7693 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7694 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7695 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7698 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7699 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7700 entry for a dynamic object. */
7703 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7705 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7706 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7707 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7711 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7714 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7715 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7716 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7723 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7725 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7726 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7727 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7730 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7731 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7733 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7734 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7735 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7737 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7739 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7742 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7743 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7745 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7746 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7747 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7749 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7751 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7754 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7755 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7756 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7759 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7761 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7762 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7763 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7767 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7768 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7771 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7772 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7775 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7776 unsigned int elfsec
;
7777 unsigned long shlink
;
7778 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7780 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7784 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7785 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7788 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7789 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7792 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7795 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7796 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7799 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7801 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7802 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7805 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7806 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7808 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7810 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7812 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7815 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7818 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7819 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7822 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7827 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7848 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7850 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7851 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7852 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7855 struct elf_symbuf_head
7857 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7859 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7866 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7867 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7872 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7875 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7877 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7878 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7880 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7884 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7886 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7887 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7888 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7891 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7892 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7894 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7895 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7896 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7897 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7899 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7903 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7904 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7905 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7908 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7909 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7912 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7913 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7914 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7917 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7918 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7919 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7920 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7926 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7927 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7928 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7929 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7930 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7932 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7935 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7936 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7937 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7939 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7940 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7941 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7944 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7945 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7952 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7956 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7960 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7961 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7962 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7963 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7964 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7965 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7966 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7967 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7968 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7974 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7975 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7976 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7979 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7982 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7983 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7984 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7987 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7988 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7989 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7990 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7991 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7992 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7994 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8000 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8001 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8003 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8005 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8007 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8010 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8011 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
8012 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8015 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8017 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8019 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8022 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8023 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
8024 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8027 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8029 /* Optimized faster version. */
8031 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8032 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8035 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8040 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8041 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8043 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8047 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8054 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8059 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8060 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8062 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8066 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8072 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8076 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
8078 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
8079 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8083 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
8084 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8086 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8087 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8093 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8094 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8096 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8097 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8102 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8103 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8104 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8105 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8106 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8108 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8109 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8110 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8111 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8112 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8119 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8120 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8121 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8122 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8123 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8126 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8128 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8129 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8130 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8133 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8134 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8135 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8137 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8140 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8142 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8143 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8145 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8147 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8148 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8150 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8151 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8152 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8153 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8154 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8156 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8157 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8158 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8159 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8160 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8178 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8181 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8182 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8186 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8187 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8190 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8193 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8195 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8197 struct elf_final_link_info
8199 /* General link information. */
8200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8203 /* Symbol string table. */
8204 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8205 /* .hash section. */
8207 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8208 asection
*symver_sec
;
8209 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8211 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8212 void *external_relocs
;
8213 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8214 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8215 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8217 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8218 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8219 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8220 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8222 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8223 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8224 of any input BFD. */
8226 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8227 symbol of any input BFD. */
8228 asection
**sections
;
8229 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8230 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8231 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8232 size_t filesym_count
;
8235 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8237 struct elf_outext_info
8240 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8241 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8242 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8246 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8248 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8249 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8250 relocations themselves.
8252 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8253 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8254 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8255 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8257 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8258 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8259 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8260 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8263 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8264 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8267 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8268 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8272 <binary-operator> := as in C
8273 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8276 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8277 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8282 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8284 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8286 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8288 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8290 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8291 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8293 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8294 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8295 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8296 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8299 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8303 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8304 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8306 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8307 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8308 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8309 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8310 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8311 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8312 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8313 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8317 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8319 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8321 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8324 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8325 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8326 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8327 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8330 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8332 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8336 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8339 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8340 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8343 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8344 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8346 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8348 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8350 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8351 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8353 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8354 (unsigned long) *result
);
8360 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8361 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8362 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8366 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8367 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8369 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8370 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8371 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8373 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8374 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8382 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8383 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8384 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8387 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8395 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8396 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8398 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8402 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8403 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8404 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8406 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8407 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8410 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8412 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8414 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8418 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8426 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8428 /* xgettext:c-format */
8429 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8434 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8437 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8439 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8448 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8450 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8455 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8457 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8470 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8474 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8478 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8479 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8481 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8483 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8487 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8488 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8489 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8491 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8492 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8493 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8494 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8496 if (symbol_is_section
)
8498 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8499 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8500 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8502 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8508 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8509 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8510 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8513 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8520 /* All that remains are operators. */
8522 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8523 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8525 sym += strlen (#op); \
8529 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8530 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8533 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8539 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8540 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8542 sym += strlen (#op); \
8546 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8547 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8550 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8551 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8554 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8584 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8585 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8591 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8592 unsigned long chunksz
,
8597 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8599 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8604 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8608 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8612 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8613 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8619 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8620 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8633 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8634 unsigned long chunksz
,
8641 /* Sanity checks. */
8642 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8645 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8646 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8647 && location
!= NULL
);
8649 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8651 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8653 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8654 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8655 of the loop below. */
8659 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8661 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8666 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8669 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8672 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8676 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8687 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8688 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8689 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8690 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8691 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8692 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8693 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8694 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8695 unsigned long encoded
)
8697 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8698 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8699 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8700 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8701 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8702 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8703 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8704 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8707 bfd_reloc_status_type
8708 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8709 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8711 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8714 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8715 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8716 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8718 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8719 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8720 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8721 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8722 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8724 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8725 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8726 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8728 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8731 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8733 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8735 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8736 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8739 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8740 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8741 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8742 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8743 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8744 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8745 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8750 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8751 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8752 ? complain_overflow_signed
8753 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8754 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8758 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8761 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8762 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8763 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8764 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8765 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8766 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8768 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8769 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8773 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8774 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8775 know the value is aligned. */
8778 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8785 const union aligned32
*a
8786 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8788 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8789 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8790 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8791 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8796 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8803 const union aligned32
*a
8804 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8806 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8807 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8808 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8809 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8813 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8815 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8822 const union aligned64
*a
8823 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8825 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8826 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8827 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8828 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8829 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8830 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8831 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8832 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8837 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8844 const union aligned64
*a
8845 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8847 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8848 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8849 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8850 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8851 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8852 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8853 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8854 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8859 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8860 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8861 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8865 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8867 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8869 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8872 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8874 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8875 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8876 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8878 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8881 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8883 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8884 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8886 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8888 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8889 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8894 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8897 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8904 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8908 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8909 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8911 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8914 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8917 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8918 && info
->gc_sections
8919 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8921 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8922 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8924 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8925 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8927 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8930 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8932 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8933 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8934 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8935 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8936 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8939 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8940 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8942 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8944 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8947 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8948 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8950 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8952 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8953 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8954 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8955 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8961 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8962 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8963 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8964 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8965 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8971 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8972 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8973 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8974 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8975 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8976 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8979 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8980 speeding the main loop below. */
8981 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8982 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8984 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8993 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8994 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8995 have the same r_offset. */
8996 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8997 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8998 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8999 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
9002 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9004 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
9005 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9006 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
9008 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
9013 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
9014 from one of more input files. Files are not always
9015 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
9016 called. See pr17666. */
9017 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
9018 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
9019 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
9020 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
9021 while (p
+ runlen
< end
9022 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
9023 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
9024 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
9028 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
9032 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
9034 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
9035 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
9036 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
9040 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
9041 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
9042 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
9044 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
9047 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
9048 free (reldata
->hashes
);
9049 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
9055 struct elf_link_sort_rela
9061 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
9062 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
9063 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
9067 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9069 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9070 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9071 int relativea
, relativeb
;
9073 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9074 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9076 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
9078 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
9080 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9082 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9084 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9086 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9092 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9094 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9095 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9097 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9099 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9101 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9103 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9105 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9107 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9113 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9115 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9118 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9119 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9120 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9121 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9122 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9123 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9124 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9125 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9126 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9127 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9129 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9131 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9132 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9133 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9134 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9135 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9137 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9139 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9140 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9143 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9144 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9145 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9146 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9148 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9150 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9152 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9153 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9154 It is of no help to us. */
9158 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9159 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9161 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9162 "they are in more than one size"),
9164 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9170 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9174 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9176 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9177 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9179 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9180 "they are in more than one size"),
9182 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9188 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9193 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9194 something is wrong. */
9195 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9196 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9202 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9203 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9205 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9207 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9209 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9210 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9211 It is of no help to us. */
9215 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9216 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9218 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9219 "they are in more than one size"),
9221 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9227 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9231 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9233 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9234 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9236 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9237 "they are in more than one size"),
9239 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9245 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9250 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9251 something is wrong. */
9252 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9253 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9254 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9259 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9263 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9265 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9272 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9273 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9274 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9275 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9279 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9280 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9281 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9282 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9286 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9287 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9288 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9290 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9293 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9294 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9296 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9299 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9303 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9304 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9308 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9309 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9311 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9313 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9314 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9316 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9317 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9319 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9321 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9322 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9323 relocs in this case. */
9328 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9329 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9331 while (erel
< erelend
)
9333 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9335 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9336 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9337 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9343 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9345 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9347 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9348 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9354 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9355 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9357 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9358 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9360 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9363 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9365 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9366 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9368 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9369 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9370 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9371 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9373 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9375 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9376 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9377 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9378 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9379 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9380 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9386 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9389 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9394 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9395 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9397 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9398 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9401 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9402 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9403 while (erel
< erelend
)
9405 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9406 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9413 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9417 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9420 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9422 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9423 asection
*input_sec
,
9424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9426 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9427 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9428 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9429 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9430 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9431 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9433 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9435 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9436 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9437 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9439 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9444 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9445 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
;
9446 if (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym
->st_info
) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
9447 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_unique
;
9451 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9452 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9455 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9456 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9458 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9460 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9464 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9465 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9466 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9468 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9469 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9470 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9472 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9474 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9477 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9478 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9479 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9480 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9481 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9483 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9484 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9489 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9493 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9495 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9498 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9500 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9504 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9507 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9509 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9511 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9512 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9516 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9518 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9519 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9520 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9521 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9528 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9530 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9531 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9532 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9535 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9536 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9537 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9538 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9539 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9540 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9541 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9542 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9545 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9546 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9547 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9548 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9549 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9551 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9559 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9560 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9565 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9568 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9570 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9571 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9573 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9576 /* xgettext:c-format */
9577 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9578 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9579 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9585 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9586 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9587 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9588 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9589 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9592 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9593 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9594 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9597 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9599 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9602 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9603 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9604 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9606 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9612 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9613 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9614 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9616 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9617 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9621 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9622 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9623 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9626 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9627 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9630 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9632 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9634 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9637 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9641 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9642 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9643 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9644 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9645 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9646 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9648 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9650 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9652 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9653 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9656 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9658 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9659 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9661 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9666 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9667 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9670 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9673 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9675 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9678 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9679 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9680 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9681 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9684 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9685 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9686 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9694 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9695 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9696 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9699 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9700 unsigned short version_index
;
9702 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9703 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9706 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9709 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9712 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9714 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9716 && h
->forced_local
))
9718 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9719 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9720 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9725 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9726 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9728 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9742 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9745 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9747 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9748 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9750 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9754 case elf_stt_common
:
9757 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9764 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9765 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9766 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9767 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9768 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9772 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9774 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9775 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9776 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9778 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9779 asection
*input_sec
;
9780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9785 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9787 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9788 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9792 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9793 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9795 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9800 if (h
->forced_local
)
9804 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9806 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9808 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9809 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9810 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9811 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9813 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9815 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9816 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9817 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9818 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9820 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9822 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9823 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9824 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9825 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9826 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9827 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9828 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9830 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9832 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9837 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9838 shared libraries. */
9839 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9844 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9845 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9849 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9851 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9852 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9853 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9855 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9856 /* xgettext:c-format */
9857 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9858 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9859 /* xgettext:c-format */
9860 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9862 /* xgettext:c-format */
9863 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9864 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9865 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9866 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9867 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9868 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9869 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9870 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9874 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9875 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9876 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9881 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9883 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9887 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9889 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9890 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9891 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9893 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9894 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9895 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9896 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9897 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9898 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9899 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9901 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9902 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9903 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9904 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9909 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9910 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9911 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9912 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9915 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9916 && !h
->forced_local
)
9920 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9921 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9922 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9925 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9926 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9930 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9931 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9932 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9933 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9936 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9937 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9939 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9940 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9943 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9944 input_sec
->output_section
);
9945 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9948 /* xgettext:c-format */
9949 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
9950 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9951 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9952 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9956 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9957 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9959 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9960 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9962 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9963 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9965 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9966 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9967 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9973 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9974 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9975 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9976 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9981 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9982 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9983 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9984 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9987 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9988 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9989 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9990 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9991 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9992 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9993 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9997 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9998 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10000 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10001 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10003 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10004 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10005 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
10006 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10010 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10011 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10017 if (h
->forced_local
)
10019 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
10020 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
10021 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10023 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
10024 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
10025 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
10026 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
10027 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10028 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
10030 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
10031 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
10033 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
10034 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
10035 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
10036 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
10037 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
10038 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10040 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10041 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
10042 || h
->forced_local
)
10043 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
10044 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
10045 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
10046 || !h
->forced_local
)
10047 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
10049 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
10050 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
10052 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10057 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
10058 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
10059 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
10060 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
10061 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
10062 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
10063 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10065 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
10066 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
10069 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
10071 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
10072 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10075 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
10076 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
10078 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
10079 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
10082 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
10083 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
10084 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
10085 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
10086 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10091 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10092 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10093 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10094 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10095 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10096 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10097 && !h
->def_regular
)
10101 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10102 /* xgettext:c-format */
10103 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10104 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10105 /* xgettext:c-format */
10106 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10108 /* xgettext:c-format */
10109 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10110 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10111 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10112 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10116 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10117 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10118 the entry in the .hash section. */
10119 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10120 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10121 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10122 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10126 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10127 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10128 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10129 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10130 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10131 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10133 || !h
->def_regular
))
10135 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10137 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10140 /* xgettext:c-format */
10141 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10142 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10143 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10148 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10149 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10150 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10151 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10153 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10156 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10158 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10160 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10161 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10163 size_t bucketcount
;
10166 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10167 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10170 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10171 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10172 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10173 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10174 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10176 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10177 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10178 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10181 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10183 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10184 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10186 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10188 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10189 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10190 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10191 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10193 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10197 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10198 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10200 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10201 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10205 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10206 defined locally. */
10207 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10208 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10210 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10211 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10212 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10216 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10217 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10218 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10219 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10221 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10222 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10223 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10226 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10230 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10233 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10234 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10235 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10236 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10237 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10238 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10239 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10240 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10241 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10242 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10244 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10246 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10247 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10248 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10249 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10250 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10253 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10256 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10257 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10261 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10266 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10272 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10273 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10276 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10278 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10280 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10282 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10283 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10284 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10290 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10291 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10292 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10298 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10299 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10300 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10301 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10302 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10303 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10304 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10305 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10308 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10310 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10313 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10316 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10319 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10322 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10325 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10326 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10328 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10329 asection
*s
= first
;
10333 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10336 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10344 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10345 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10349 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10353 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10356 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10357 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10359 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10360 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10362 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10367 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10368 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10369 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10370 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10373 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10375 int (*relocate_section
)
10376 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10377 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10379 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10380 size_t locsymcount
;
10382 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10383 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10384 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10386 asection
**ppsection
;
10388 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10390 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10391 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10393 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10395 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10396 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10397 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10399 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10400 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10402 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10405 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10406 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10408 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10413 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10414 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10417 /* Read the local symbols. */
10418 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10419 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10421 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10422 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10423 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10424 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10425 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10429 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10430 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10431 going into the output file. */
10432 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10433 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10435 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10439 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10445 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10447 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10454 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10455 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10456 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10457 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10458 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10459 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10462 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10465 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10466 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10467 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10469 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10470 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10472 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10473 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10479 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10480 output any undefined local symbol. */
10481 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10484 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10486 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10487 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10492 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10494 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10497 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10498 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10499 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10500 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10502 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10505 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10506 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10507 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10508 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10509 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10510 isec
->output_section
))
10513 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10514 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10519 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10520 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10521 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10523 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10524 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10525 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10526 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10527 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10530 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10532 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10533 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10534 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10536 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10537 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10539 if (!have_file_sym
)
10541 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10542 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10543 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10544 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10545 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10546 source file, but the best we can do. */
10547 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10548 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10549 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10550 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10551 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10552 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10553 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10554 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10555 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10562 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10563 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10564 isec
->output_section
);
10565 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10568 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10569 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10570 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10571 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10572 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10573 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10574 these requirements. */
10575 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10576 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10578 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10579 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10581 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10582 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10583 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10585 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (osym
.st_info
),
10590 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10591 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10598 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10600 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10606 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10611 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10612 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10613 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10615 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10617 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10619 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10623 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10624 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10626 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10627 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10628 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10629 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10631 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10632 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10633 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10634 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10636 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10637 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10638 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10639 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10640 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10642 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10644 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10646 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10647 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10648 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10652 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10654 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10655 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10656 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10661 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10662 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10667 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10669 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10672 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10674 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10675 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10680 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10684 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10685 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10689 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10690 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10693 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10695 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10700 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10701 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10702 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10703 the routines which work on output files. */
10704 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10706 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10707 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10709 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10711 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10712 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10717 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10718 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10722 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10724 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10725 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10726 int action_discarded
;
10729 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10731 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10732 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10733 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10734 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10737 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10738 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10739 if (o
->size
> address_size
10740 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10741 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10742 ".init_array") == 0)
10743 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10744 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10745 ".fini_array") == 0))
10746 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10748 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10749 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10752 /* xgettext:c-format */
10753 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10754 "multiple of address size"),
10756 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10759 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10762 action_discarded
= -1;
10763 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10764 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10766 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10767 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10768 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10769 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10770 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10772 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10773 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10774 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10776 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10777 unsigned int s_type
;
10778 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10780 const char *sym_name
;
10782 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10785 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10786 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10787 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10789 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10791 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10792 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10793 we do not seg fault. */
10797 /* xgettext:c-format */
10798 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10799 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10800 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10801 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10805 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10806 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10807 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10811 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10812 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10813 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10814 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10815 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10816 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10817 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10818 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10819 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10820 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10821 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10822 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10823 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10824 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10826 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10827 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10831 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10832 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10833 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10835 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10839 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10841 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10842 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10843 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10847 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10848 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10851 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10852 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10854 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10855 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10856 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10857 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10858 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10859 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10860 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10861 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10862 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10864 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10865 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10868 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10869 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10874 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10876 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10877 discarded section. */
10878 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10880 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10881 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10882 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10883 /* xgettext:c-format */
10884 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10885 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10886 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10888 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10889 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10890 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10891 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10892 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10893 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10894 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10898 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10910 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10912 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10913 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10914 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10915 reloc addend as necessary.
10917 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10918 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10920 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10921 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10922 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10924 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10925 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10926 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10927 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10928 the addend to be adjusted. */
10930 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10931 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10939 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10940 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10942 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10943 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10944 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10945 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10946 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10947 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10948 unsigned int next_erel
;
10949 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10950 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10952 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10953 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10954 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10956 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10958 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10959 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10960 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10961 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10962 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10964 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10965 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10966 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10967 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10968 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10969 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10970 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10971 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10972 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10974 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10976 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10978 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10984 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10986 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10987 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10988 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10991 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10994 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10996 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10997 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10998 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10999 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
11001 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
11003 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
11007 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
11009 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
11010 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11011 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11013 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
11015 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11016 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11019 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11020 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11021 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11023 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
11024 unsigned long indx
;
11026 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
11027 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
11028 we do not know the symbol index of any global
11029 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
11030 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
11031 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
11032 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
11033 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
11034 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
11035 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11036 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11037 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11039 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
11040 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
11041 used by a reloc. */
11042 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
11049 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
11052 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
11053 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11054 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
11056 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
11057 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
11058 processor specific section. */
11059 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
11060 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
11062 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
11064 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11069 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11071 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
11072 section will be the absolute section. In
11073 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
11074 the kept section. relocate_section should
11075 have already handled discarded linkonce
11077 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
11078 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
11079 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11081 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
11082 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11085 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
11087 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11088 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11090 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
11091 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11093 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11094 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11099 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11100 section winds up in the output section. */
11102 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11106 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11108 unsigned long shlink
;
11113 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11115 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11120 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11121 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11122 must output it now. */
11123 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11124 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11125 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11129 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11131 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11133 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11136 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11137 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11139 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11140 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11142 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
11143 = elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
11145 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11147 if (htab
->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
11148 sym
.st_value
-= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11151 = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
),
11156 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11157 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11163 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11168 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11171 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11172 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11175 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11176 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11177 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11179 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11184 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11185 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11186 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11189 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11190 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11192 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11201 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11202 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11203 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11206 /* Section written out. */
11208 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11210 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11211 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11213 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11214 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11217 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11218 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11219 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11222 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11224 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11229 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11231 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11239 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11241 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11242 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11244 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11246 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11248 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11251 todo
-= address_size
;
11252 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11260 offset
+= address_size
;
11264 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11278 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11279 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11280 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11284 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11285 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11286 asection
*output_section
,
11287 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11289 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11293 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11294 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11295 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11296 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11297 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11300 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11302 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11305 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11309 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11312 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11313 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11314 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11321 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11322 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11323 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11325 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11326 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11327 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11331 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11333 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11334 actually against the section. */
11335 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11336 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11337 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11338 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11340 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11341 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11345 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11346 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11347 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11348 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11349 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11350 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11351 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11353 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11355 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11356 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11363 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11364 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11369 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11371 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11373 bfd_size_type size
;
11374 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11377 const char *sym_name
;
11379 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11380 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11381 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11383 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11390 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11393 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11394 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11395 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11396 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11398 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11399 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11400 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11405 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11407 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11414 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11415 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11417 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11418 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11419 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11421 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11423 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11424 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11425 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11427 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11428 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11430 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11432 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11433 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11434 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11436 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11437 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11441 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11442 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11443 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11452 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11455 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11457 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11461 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11462 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11463 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11464 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11466 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11467 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11468 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11469 where elfsec is 0. */
11472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11473 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11474 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11475 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11476 /* xgettext:c-format */
11477 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11482 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11483 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11488 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11489 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11492 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11497 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11498 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11501 return apos
> bpos
;
11505 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11506 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11507 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11508 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11511 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11513 int seen_linkorder
;
11516 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11518 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11520 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11521 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11525 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11527 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11528 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11530 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11532 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11534 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11535 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11536 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11537 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11538 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11539 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11553 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11555 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11557 /* xgettext:c-format */
11558 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11559 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11560 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11561 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11564 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11565 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11570 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11573 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11574 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11575 if (sections
== NULL
)
11577 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11579 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11581 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11583 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11584 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11585 compare_link_order
);
11587 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11589 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11591 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11592 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11593 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11594 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11595 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11602 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11603 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11606 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11608 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11610 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11612 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11614 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11618 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11620 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11623 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11626 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11627 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11628 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11629 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11630 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11633 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11634 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11635 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11636 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11637 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11638 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11641 /* Get symbol table size. */
11642 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11646 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11647 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11648 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11652 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11653 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11654 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11657 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11658 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11659 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11662 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11666 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11672 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11673 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11674 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11675 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11677 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11678 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11679 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11680 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11681 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11682 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11683 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11684 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11687 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11689 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11690 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11691 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11692 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11695 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11706 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11710 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11711 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11712 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11713 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11714 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11715 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11716 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11717 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11718 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11719 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11720 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11721 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11722 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11723 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11724 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11725 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11726 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11727 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11728 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
11729 && flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1)
11730 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11731 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11733 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11734 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11735 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11736 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11737 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11741 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11744 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11746 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11747 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11749 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11751 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11753 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11754 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11755 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11756 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11757 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11758 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11762 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11763 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11764 bfd_boolean merged
;
11765 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11766 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11768 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11769 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11770 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11771 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11773 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11776 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11777 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11779 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11780 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11782 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11783 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11785 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11786 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11787 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11788 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11793 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11794 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11798 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11799 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11800 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11801 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11804 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11805 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11806 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11807 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11808 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11809 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11810 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11811 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11812 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11813 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11815 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11816 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11818 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11819 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11821 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11823 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11824 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11826 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11828 asection
*input_section
;
11830 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11832 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11833 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11834 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11835 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11838 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11839 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11840 /* Skip this section later on. */
11841 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11845 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11847 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11849 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11850 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11852 if (remove_section
)
11854 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11855 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11856 abfd
->section_count
--;
11860 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11861 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11862 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11863 max_contents_size
= 0;
11864 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11865 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11867 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11869 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11871 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11872 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11874 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11876 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11877 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11878 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11880 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11881 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11883 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11887 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11889 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11890 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11891 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11892 the linker has decided to not include. */
11893 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11895 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11898 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11899 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11900 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11901 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11903 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11904 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11908 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11910 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11911 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11912 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11914 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11916 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11917 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11919 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11920 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11921 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11923 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11924 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11925 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11926 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11927 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11929 else if (emit_relocs
)
11931 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11932 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11935 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11936 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11939 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11940 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11942 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11944 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11946 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11948 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11949 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11950 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11951 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11953 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11954 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11955 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11956 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11961 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11964 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11965 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11967 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11971 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11972 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11974 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11976 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11977 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11983 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11985 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11989 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11990 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11993 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11994 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11995 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11996 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11999 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
12000 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
12001 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
12002 sections are handled correctly. */
12003 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12004 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
12008 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
12009 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
12011 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
12012 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
12013 to create a symbol table. */
12014 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
12015 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12016 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
12019 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
12020 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12022 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12023 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12026 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
12030 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
12034 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
12035 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
12036 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
12037 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
12039 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
12041 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
12042 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
12043 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
12044 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
12045 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
12048 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
12049 if (contents
== NULL
)
12051 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12055 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
12056 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
12057 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
12058 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
12059 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
12060 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12061 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
12062 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
12063 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
12064 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12065 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
12066 /* sh_info is set below. */
12067 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12068 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12070 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
12071 max_sym_count
= 20;
12072 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
12073 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
12074 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12075 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
12077 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
12079 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
12080 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
12082 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
12084 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
12086 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
12088 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
12089 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
12090 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
12092 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
12094 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12095 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12096 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
12097 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12098 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12099 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12100 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12101 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12104 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12105 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12106 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12107 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12108 outputting relocs. */
12110 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12111 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12112 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12113 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12114 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12115 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12117 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12120 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12121 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12122 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12123 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12124 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12131 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12133 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12135 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12136 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12140 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12142 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12143 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12147 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12149 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12150 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12151 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12155 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12157 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12158 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12159 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12162 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12163 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12164 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12167 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12168 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12169 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12172 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12173 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12174 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12178 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12180 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12181 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12182 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12188 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12191 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12192 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12195 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12198 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12200 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12203 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12205 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12207 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12208 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12209 alignment requirements. */
12210 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12211 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12212 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12215 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12216 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12218 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12222 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12225 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12226 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12227 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12228 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12229 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12231 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12232 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12233 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12234 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12235 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12236 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12237 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12238 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12239 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12240 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12241 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12242 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12243 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12245 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12246 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12247 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12249 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12251 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12252 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12253 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12254 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12256 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12258 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12260 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12263 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12264 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12266 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12271 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12273 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12274 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12275 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12276 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12277 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12279 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12281 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12283 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12284 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12285 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12289 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12291 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12292 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12293 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12297 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12299 /* xgettext:c-format */
12300 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12301 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12310 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12311 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12313 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12314 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12315 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12317 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12318 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12322 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12323 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12324 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12325 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12326 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12327 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12328 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12329 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12330 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12331 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12332 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12336 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12337 table, do it now. */
12338 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12339 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12341 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12342 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12345 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12346 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12347 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12351 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12352 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12353 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12354 converted to local in a version script. */
12356 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12357 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12360 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12361 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12363 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12364 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12366 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12367 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12369 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12370 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12371 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12377 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12379 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12381 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12387 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12390 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12391 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12392 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12393 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12395 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12396 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12397 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12401 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12402 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12404 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12405 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12410 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12411 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12412 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12414 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12416 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12421 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12422 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12424 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12426 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12429 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12430 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12435 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12436 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12437 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12438 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12439 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12443 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12444 table, do it now. */
12445 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12446 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12448 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12449 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12452 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12453 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12454 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12458 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12459 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12461 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12462 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12465 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12466 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12468 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12470 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12471 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12473 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12475 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12477 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12479 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12480 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12481 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12482 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12483 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12485 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12488 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12489 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12494 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12495 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12496 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12497 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12498 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12499 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12500 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12501 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12502 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12503 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12504 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12506 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12508 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12510 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12511 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12515 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12517 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12518 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12522 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12523 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12525 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12528 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12531 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12532 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12533 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12535 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12536 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12539 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12540 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12541 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12544 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12545 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12547 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12548 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12551 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12553 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12554 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12555 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12557 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12558 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12559 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12561 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12564 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12567 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12574 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12576 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12578 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12579 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12582 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12589 name
= info
->init_function
;
12592 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12597 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12599 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12600 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12602 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12603 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12604 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12605 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12606 + o
->output_offset
);
12609 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12610 library and does not apply to this one. */
12611 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12618 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12619 name
= ".preinit_array";
12621 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12622 name
= ".init_array";
12624 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12625 name
= ".fini_array";
12627 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12631 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12636 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12637 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12640 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12641 name
= ".preinit_array";
12643 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12644 name
= ".init_array";
12646 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12647 name
= ".fini_array";
12649 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12656 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12665 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12668 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12671 name
= ".gnu.version";
12673 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12675 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12678 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12681 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12684 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12685 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12688 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12695 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12701 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12703 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12705 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12706 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12707 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12709 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12711 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12712 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12716 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12718 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12719 overall reloc count. */
12720 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12722 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12723 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12724 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12725 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12726 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12727 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12728 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12729 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12730 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12731 No PLT relocs applied. */
12734 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12735 it from DT_RELA. */
12736 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12737 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12738 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12741 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12742 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12744 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12747 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12751 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12752 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12754 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12757 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12758 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12759 || info
->error_textrel
)
12760 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12762 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12764 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12765 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12766 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12768 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12770 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12772 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12774 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12775 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12776 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12778 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12779 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12785 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12787 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12789 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12791 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12793 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12794 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12797 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12799 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12801 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12803 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12805 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12806 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12812 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12816 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12817 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12818 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12824 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12826 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12828 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12829 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12834 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12835 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12837 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12841 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12844 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12848 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12849 if (contents
== NULL
)
12850 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12851 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12852 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12859 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12863 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12866 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12867 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12869 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12870 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12872 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12873 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12875 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12876 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12877 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12878 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12880 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12881 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12885 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12886 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12889 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12890 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12892 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12894 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12895 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12897 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12898 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12900 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12902 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12905 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12906 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12911 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12914 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12916 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12918 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12919 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12920 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12921 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12924 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12925 of input bfd ABFD. */
12928 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12929 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12932 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12934 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12935 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12939 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12940 info
->keep_memory
);
12941 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12943 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12944 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12946 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12950 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12954 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12957 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12958 free (cookie
->rels
);
12961 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12964 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12965 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12968 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12970 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12975 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12980 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12984 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12987 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12988 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12991 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12993 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12996 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12997 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12998 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12999 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13000 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13004 switch (h
->root
.type
)
13006 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13007 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13008 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13010 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13011 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
13018 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
13023 /* Return the debug definition section. */
13026 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13027 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13028 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13029 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13030 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13034 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
13035 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13036 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13037 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13038 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13042 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
13043 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
13045 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13052 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13053 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
13054 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
13057 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
13058 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13059 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13060 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
13062 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13065 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13066 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13069 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
13070 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13072 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
13075 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
13079 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13080 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13081 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13083 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
13084 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
13085 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
13086 handling copy relocs. */
13087 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
13088 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
13090 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
13092 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
13093 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13097 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13098 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13103 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13106 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13107 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13110 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13111 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13112 the relocation symbol. */
13115 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13117 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13118 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13121 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13123 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13124 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13126 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13128 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13129 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13131 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13136 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13141 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13142 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13143 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13146 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13148 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13151 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13155 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13156 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13157 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13158 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13161 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13163 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13164 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13165 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13166 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13168 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13170 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13174 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13175 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13180 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13184 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13186 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13188 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13192 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13193 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13195 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13199 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13200 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13201 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13207 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13210 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13212 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13214 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13217 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13218 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13220 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13221 and special section. */
13222 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13225 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13226 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13228 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13229 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13231 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13233 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13235 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13236 keep all sections in this group. */
13237 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13242 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13244 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13248 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13251 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13252 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13256 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13259 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13260 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13261 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13263 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13265 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13266 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13269 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13270 see if any other section is already marked,
13271 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13272 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13273 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13275 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13277 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13278 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13279 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13282 if (!debug_frag_seen
13283 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13284 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13285 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13288 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13289 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13293 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13294 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13295 just debug sections or special sections. */
13296 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13298 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13299 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13300 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13301 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13302 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13304 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13305 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13308 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13309 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13310 are associated with that code section. */
13311 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13312 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13313 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13314 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13319 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13321 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13322 section containing the name of the code section as
13323 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13324 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13325 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13329 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13330 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13333 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13336 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13337 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13342 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13343 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13344 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13346 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13347 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13348 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13355 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13360 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13364 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13365 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13366 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13369 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13372 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13374 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13375 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13376 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13378 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13380 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13381 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13387 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13388 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13391 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13392 to remove a section from the output. */
13393 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13395 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13396 /* xgettext:c-format */
13397 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13405 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13406 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13409 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13411 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13413 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13414 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13417 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13418 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13421 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13422 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13425 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13426 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13428 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13430 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13432 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13433 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13438 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13440 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13441 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13443 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13446 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13447 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13449 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13450 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13451 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13466 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13469 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13470 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13471 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13472 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13474 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13475 well as those that are not loaded. */
13477 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13478 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13481 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13482 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13484 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13485 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13486 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13488 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13490 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13491 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13492 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13494 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13496 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13497 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13499 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13500 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13501 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13503 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13504 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13507 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13508 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13514 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13515 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13519 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13521 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13522 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13524 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13525 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13526 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13527 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13528 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13529 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13530 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13531 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13532 || info
->export_dynamic
13535 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13536 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13537 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13538 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13539 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13544 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13545 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13548 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13550 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13552 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13554 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13556 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13557 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13560 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13561 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13562 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13563 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13564 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13569 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13570 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13572 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13574 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13577 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13579 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13581 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13582 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13585 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13588 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13590 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13591 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13593 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13594 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13601 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13604 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13606 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13608 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13609 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13610 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13612 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13613 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13615 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13619 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13620 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13622 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13623 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13624 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13625 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13626 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13629 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13631 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13632 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13634 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13635 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13637 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13638 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13639 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13640 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13641 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13642 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13646 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13647 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13651 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13652 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13656 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13657 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13658 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13660 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13661 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13662 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13666 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13667 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13668 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13672 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13675 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13676 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13677 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13678 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13679 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13681 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13682 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13683 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13684 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13685 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13686 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13688 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13689 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13690 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13691 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13693 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13698 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13699 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13701 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13702 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13705 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13708 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13713 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13714 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13715 size_t extsymcount
;
13716 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13718 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13719 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13721 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13722 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13723 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13725 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13726 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13728 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13729 offset as the relocation. */
13730 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13732 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13733 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13734 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13735 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13736 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13740 /* xgettext:c-format */
13741 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13742 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13747 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13749 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13750 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13751 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13756 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13757 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13758 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13759 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13761 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13764 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13769 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13772 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13773 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13776 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13777 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13781 /* xgettext:c-format */
13782 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: section '%pA': corrupt VTENTRY entry"),
13784 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13790 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13791 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13796 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13798 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13799 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13801 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13803 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13804 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13805 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13809 if (addend
>= size
)
13811 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13812 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13813 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13816 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13818 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13819 consolidation pass. */
13820 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13824 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13830 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13831 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13832 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13836 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13841 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13842 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13843 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13846 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13851 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13855 flagword flag_value
;
13856 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13858 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13860 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13861 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13862 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13863 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13864 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13865 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13866 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13867 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13868 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13869 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13870 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13871 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13874 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13876 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13877 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13880 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13882 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13884 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13885 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13886 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13888 int without_hex
= 0;
13890 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13893 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13895 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13896 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13898 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13902 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13903 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13904 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13905 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13910 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13912 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13914 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13915 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13916 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13917 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13924 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13925 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13929 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13930 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13931 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13934 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13937 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13943 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13945 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13948 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13949 to real got offsets. */
13952 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13954 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13955 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13956 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13958 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13960 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13961 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13964 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13969 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13970 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13973 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13974 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13977 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13979 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13981 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13983 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13986 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13987 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13988 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13991 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13993 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13994 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13996 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13997 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13998 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14000 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14003 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
14007 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
14008 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
14009 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14011 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14013 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
14015 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
14017 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
14018 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
14021 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
14025 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
14026 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
14027 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
14028 gofarg
.info
= info
;
14029 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14030 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
14035 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
14036 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
14039 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14041 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
14044 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14045 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
14049 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
14051 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
14053 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14054 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
14056 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
14058 unsigned long r_symndx
;
14060 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14061 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
14063 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
14066 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
14067 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
14070 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
14071 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
14073 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14075 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
14077 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
14078 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
14079 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
14081 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14082 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14083 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
14084 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
14085 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
14090 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
14091 but it could be a relocation against a local
14092 symbol for a discarded section. */
14094 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
14096 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
14097 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
14098 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
14100 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
14101 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14109 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14110 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14111 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14112 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14115 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14117 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14122 if (info
->traditional_format
14123 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14126 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14131 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14134 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14135 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14139 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14142 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14145 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14146 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14147 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14151 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14156 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14157 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14161 int eh_changed
= 0;
14162 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14164 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14170 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14173 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14176 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14177 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14178 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14182 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14186 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14189 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14190 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14191 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14192 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14194 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14195 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14197 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14200 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14201 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14202 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14203 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14205 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14210 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14211 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14219 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14220 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14223 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14225 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14228 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14230 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14231 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14234 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14236 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14238 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14241 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14244 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14248 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14249 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14251 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14252 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14253 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14260 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14262 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14265 const char *name
, *key
;
14266 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14267 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14269 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14272 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14274 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14275 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14276 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14279 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14280 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14281 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14284 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14286 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14287 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14288 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14289 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14292 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14293 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14294 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14297 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14298 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14299 single member groups. */
14303 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14305 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14307 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14308 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14309 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14310 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14311 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14312 type of section. */
14313 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14314 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14315 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14316 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14318 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14319 issue a warning. */
14320 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14323 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14325 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14326 asection
*s
= first
;
14330 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14331 /* Record which group discards it. */
14332 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14333 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14334 /* These lists are circular. */
14344 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14345 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14346 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14348 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14350 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14351 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14352 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14353 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14354 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14356 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14357 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14358 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14363 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14364 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14365 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14367 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14370 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14371 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14373 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14374 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14379 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14380 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14381 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14382 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14383 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14384 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14385 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14386 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14387 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14388 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14389 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14391 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14392 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14393 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14394 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14396 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14397 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14401 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14402 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14403 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14404 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14408 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14410 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14414 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14420 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14422 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14426 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14427 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14428 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14429 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14430 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14432 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14433 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14436 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14438 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14440 static const char *
14441 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14443 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14446 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14447 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14449 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14452 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14453 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14458 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14459 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14460 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14464 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14466 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14468 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14470 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14472 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14476 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14478 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14479 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14486 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14487 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14488 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14491 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14492 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14493 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14494 string table associated with ABFD. */
14497 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14499 unsigned int alignment
,
14501 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14503 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14505 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14507 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14512 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14514 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14516 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14517 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14518 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14519 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14521 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14522 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14524 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14525 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14526 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14527 seen to be a .rela section. */
14528 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14529 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14534 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14540 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14541 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14542 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14543 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14545 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14546 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14547 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14549 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14551 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14553 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14554 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14556 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14557 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14560 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14563 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14566 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14567 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14568 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14571 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14574 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14576 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14577 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14578 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14579 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14582 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14584 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14585 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14586 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14590 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14591 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14593 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14594 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14595 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14597 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14598 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14599 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14600 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14601 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14602 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14604 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14605 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14607 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14608 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14609 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14610 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14614 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14615 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14617 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);